]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/target.def
openacc: Add support for gang local storage allocation in shared memory [PR90115]
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
103 \n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123 \n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135 \n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163 \n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
174 \n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
197
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
206
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
213
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */
216 DEFHOOK
217 (should_restore_cfa_state,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
225 bool, (void),
226 hook_bool_void_false)
227
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
230 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
231 (generate_internal_label,
232 "",
233 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
234 default_generate_internal_label)
235
236 /* Output an internal label. */
237 DEFHOOK
238 (internal_label,
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
241 \n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
245 \n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
251 \n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
254 default_internal_label)
255
256 /* Output label for the constant. */
257 DEFHOOK
258 (declare_constant_name,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
265 \n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
268 \n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
272
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
274 DEFHOOK
275 (ttype,
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
280 bool, (rtx sym),
281 hook_bool_rtx_false)
282
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl. */
285 DEFHOOK
286 (assemble_visibility,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
291 default_assemble_visibility)
292
293 DEFHOOK
294 (print_patchable_function_entry,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
303
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
305 DEFHOOK
306 (function_prologue,
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
313 \n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
316 \n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
324 \n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
330 \n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
338 \n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 default_function_pro_epilogue)
351
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
353 DEFHOOK
354 (function_end_prologue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
361
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
363 DEFHOOK
364 (function_begin_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
369 void, (FILE *file),
370 no_asm_to_stream)
371
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
373 DEFHOOK
374 (function_epilogue,
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
382 \n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
387 \n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
394 \n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
401 \n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
406 \n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
411 \n\
412 @findex pops_args\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
419 void, (FILE *file),
420 default_function_pro_epilogue)
421
422 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
423 DEFHOOK
424 (init_sections,
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
428 \n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
431 described below.",
432 void, (void),
433 hook_void_void)
434
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated. */
438 DEFHOOK
439 (named_section,
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
446 default_no_named_section)
447
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration, using their numerical value. */
450 DEFHOOK
451 (elf_flags_numeric,
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
460 is emitted.",
461 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
463
464 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
471 DEFHOOK
472 (function_section,
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
481 default_function_section)
482
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (function_switched_text_sections,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections)
493
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
498 DEFHOOK
499 (reloc_rw_mask,
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
504 \n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
509 int, (void),
510 default_reloc_rw_mask)
511
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
518 \n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
521 bool, (void),
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
523
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
528 DEFHOOK
529 (select_section,
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
536 \n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
539 \n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
542 default_select_section)
543
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
546 DEFHOOK
547 (select_rtx_section,
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
552 in bits.\n\
553 \n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
559
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (unique_section,
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
568 \n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
575
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
578 DEFHOOK
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
582 over the former.\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
585 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
586 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
589
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
592 DEFHOOKPOD
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.",
597 const char *, ".rodata")
598
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
600 DEFHOOK
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
603 tables.",
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
605
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
607 DEFHOOK
608 (constructor,
609 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
610 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
611 \n\
612 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
614 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
616 \n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
618 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
619 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
620 is not defined.",
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
622
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
624 DEFHOOK
625 (destructor,
626 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
629
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
635 DEFHOOK
636 (output_mi_thunk,
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
638 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
641 the real function.\n\
642 \n\
643 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
645 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
646 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
647 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.\n\
649 \n\
650 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
651 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
652 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
653 \n\
654 @smallexample\n\
655 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
656 @end smallexample\n\
657 \n\
658 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
659 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
662 \n\
663 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
666 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
667 \n\
668 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
670 some targets, but probably not.\n\
671 \n\
672 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
674 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
675 not support varargs.",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
678 NULL)
679
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
686 DEFHOOK
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
690 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
692 previously exposed.",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
696
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
698 translation unit. */
699 DEFHOOK
700 (file_start,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
703 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
707 void, (void),
708 default_file_start)
709
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
711 DEFHOOK
712 (file_end,
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
715 void, (void),
716 hook_void_void)
717
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
720 DEFHOOK
721 (lto_start,
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 nothing.",
725 void, (void),
726 hook_void_void)
727
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
730 DEFHOOK
731 (lto_end,
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
734 nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
737
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
740 DEFHOOK
741 (code_end,
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
746 nothing.",
747 void, (void),
748 hook_void_void)
749
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
751 external. */
752 DEFHOOK
753 (external_libcall,
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
755 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
756 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
757 void, (rtx symref),
758 default_external_libcall)
759
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
762 DEFHOOK
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
765 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
769
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
771 DEFHOOK
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
774 switches provided as argument.\n\
775 \n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
780 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
781 hook.",
782 void, (const char *),
783 NULL)
784
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
788 this information. */
789 DEFHOOKPOD
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
793 hook.",
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
795
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_anchor,
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
800 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
802 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
803 \n\
804 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
807 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
808 void, (rtx x),
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
810
811 DEFHOOK
812 (output_ident,
813 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
814 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
815 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
816 directive.",
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
819
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
821 DEFHOOK
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
826 NULL)
827
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
833 if necessary.\n\
834 \n\
835 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
836 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
839 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
842 NULL)
843
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
845 DEFHOOK
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
848 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
850 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
851 \n\
852 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.",
856 void, (FILE *f),
857 NULL)
858
859 DEFHOOK
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
862 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
863 \n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
868
869 DEFHOOK
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
872 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
875 \n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
882
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
885 initializers. */
886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
888
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
892 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
893 (print_operand,
894 "",
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
897
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
901 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
902 (print_operand_address,
903 "",
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
906
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
910 not this hook. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
913 "",
914 bool ,(unsigned char code),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
916
917 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
919 DEFHOOK
920 (mangle_assembler_name,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree, (const char *name),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name)
928
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
930
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
933 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
936
937 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
940 DEFHOOK
941 (adjust_cost,
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
955 unsigned int dw),
956 NULL)
957
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_priority,
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
967
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
971 DEFHOOK
972 (issue_rate,
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
982 int, (void), NULL)
983
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
986 DEFHOOK
987 (variable_issue,
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
998 was scheduled.",
999 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1000
1001 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1002 DEFHOOK
1003 (init,
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1012
1013 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1014 DEFHOOK
1015 (finish,
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1023
1024 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1025 DEFHOOK
1026 (init_global,
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1032
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1034 DEFHOOK
1035 (finish_global,
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1040
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (reorder,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1060
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder2,
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1072
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (macro_fusion_p,
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1076 bool, (void), NULL)
1077
1078 DEFHOOK
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1087
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1099 calculated.",
1100 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1101
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1111
1112 DEFHOOK
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1115 void, (void), NULL)
1116
1117 DEFHOOK
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1126 rtx, (void), NULL)
1127
1128 DEFHOOK
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1132 void, (void), NULL)
1133
1134 DEFHOOK
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1140
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1145
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1152 void, (void), NULL)
1153
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1169 DEFHOOK
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1181 \n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1191 \n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1195 \n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1197 int, (void), NULL)
1198
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1203 DEFHOOK
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1205 "\n\
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1216 \n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1219
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1221 scheduling.
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1229 DEFHOOK
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1232 scheduling.",
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1234 NULL)
1235
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1246 DEFHOOK
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1251
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1256 described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1264 an instruction.",
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1266
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1269 DATA is a pointer.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1275 DEFHOOK
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1280
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286 DEFHOOK
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1296 DEFHOOK
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1300
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1312 DEFHOOK
1313 (dfa_new_cycle,
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1326 NULL)
1327
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1337 DEFHOOK
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1349 \n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1352 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1358
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1362 DEFHOOK
1363 (h_i_d_extended,
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1367 void, (void), NULL)
1368
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1370
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1376
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1384
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (set_sched_context,
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1390
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1396
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1398 DEFHOOK
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1402
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1408 It should return
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1412 generated one. */
1413 DEFHOOK
1414 (speculate_insn,
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1424
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (needs_block_p,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1431 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1434
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1437 instruction.
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1442 DEFHOOK
1443 (gen_spec_check,
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1447 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1448 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1453
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1457 DEFHOOK
1458 (set_sched_flags,
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1460 enabled/used.\n\
1461 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1464
1465 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1466 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1469
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1474
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1479 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1483
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (skip_rtx_p,
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1489
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1493 to ddg variable. */
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (sms_res_mii,
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1497 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1499 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1503
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1506 parameters. */
1507 DEFHOOK
1508 (dispatch_do,
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1510 in its second parameter.",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1513
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1517 DEFHOOK
1518 (dispatch,
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1523
1524 DEFHOOKPOD
1525 (exposed_pipeline,
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.",
1529 bool, false)
1530
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1534 DEFHOOK
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1540
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1543 DEFHOOK
1544 (fusion_priority,
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1548 \n\
1549 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1550 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1551 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1555 \n\
1556 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1558 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1559 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1561 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1562 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1564 instructions.\n\
1565 \n\
1566 Given below example:\n\
1567 \n\
1568 @smallexample\n\
1569 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1571 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1573 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1574 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1575 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1576 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1577 @end smallexample\n\
1578 \n\
1579 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1584 \n\
1585 @smallexample\n\
1586 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1592 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1593 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample\n\
1595 \n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1599 \n\
1600 @smallexample\n\
1601 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1602 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1603 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1604 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1609 @end smallexample\n\
1610 \n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1612 \n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1614 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1615 \n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1619
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1621
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1623 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1626
1627 DEFHOOK
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1630 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1631 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1632 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1633 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1634 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1635
1636 DEFHOOK
1637 (adjust,
1638 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1639 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1640 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1641
1642 DEFHOOK
1643 (usable,
1644 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1645 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1646 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1647 to use it.",
1648 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1649
1650 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1651
1652 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1653 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1654 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1655 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1656
1657 DEFHOOK
1658 (vf,
1659 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1660 int, (void), NULL)
1661
1662 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1663
1664 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1665 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1666 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1667 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1668
1669 DEFHOOK
1670 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1671 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1672 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1673 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1674 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1675 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1676
1677 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1678
1679 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1680 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1681 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1682 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1683
1684 DEFHOOK
1685 (validate_dims,
1686 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1687 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1688 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1689 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1690 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1691 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1692 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1693 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1694 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1695 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1696 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1697 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1698
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (dim_limit,
1701 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1702 or zero if unbounded.",
1703 int, (int axis),
1704 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1705
1706 DEFHOOK
1707 (fork_join,
1708 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1709 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1710 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1711 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1712 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1713 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1714 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1715 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1716 default_goacc_fork_join)
1717
1718 DEFHOOK
1719 (reduction,
1720 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1721 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1722 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1723 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1724 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1725 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1726 void, (gcall *call),
1727 default_goacc_reduction)
1728
1729 DEFHOOK
1730 (adjust_private_decl,
1731 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
1732 OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
1733 parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
1734 @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
1735 declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
1736 \n\
1737 You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
1738 adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
1739 way.",
1740 tree, (tree var, int level),
1741 NULL)
1742
1743 DEFHOOK
1744 (expand_var_decl,
1745 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
1746 specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\
1747 to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
1748 memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
1749 handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
1750 \n\
1751 Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
1752 @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\
1753 private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
1754 @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
1755 rtx, (tree var),
1756 NULL)
1757
1758 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1759
1760 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1761 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1762 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1763 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1764
1765 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1766 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1767 function. */
1768 DEFHOOK
1769 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1770 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1771 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1772 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1773 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1774 \n\
1775 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1776 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1777 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1778 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1779 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1780 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1781 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1782 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1783 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1784 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1785 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1786 \n\
1787 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1788 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1789 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1790 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1791 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1792 described above.\n\
1793 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1794 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1795 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1796 tree, (void), NULL)
1797
1798 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1799 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1800 DEFHOOK
1801 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1802 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1803 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1804 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1805 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1806 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1807 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1808 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1809
1810 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1811 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1812 DEFHOOK
1813 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1814 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1815 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1816 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1817 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1818 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1819 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1820
1821 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1822 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1823 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1824 DEFHOOK
1825 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1826 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1827 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1828 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1829 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1830 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1831
1832 DEFHOOK
1833 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1834 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1835 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1836 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1837 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1838 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1839 for alignment.\n\
1840 \n\
1841 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1842 correct for most targets.",
1843 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1844 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1845
1846 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1847 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1848 DEFHOOK
1849 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1850 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1851 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1852 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1853
1854 DEFHOOK
1855 (vec_perm_const,
1856 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1857 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1858 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1859 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1860 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1861 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1862 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1863 \n\
1864 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1865 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1866 \n\
1867 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1868 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1869 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1870 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1871 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1872 implementation approaches itself.",
1873 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1874 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1875 NULL)
1876
1877 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1878 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1879 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1880 DEFHOOK
1881 (support_vector_misalignment,
1882 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1883 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1884 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1885 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1886 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1887 bool,
1888 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1889 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1890
1891 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1892 scalar mode. */
1893 DEFHOOK
1894 (preferred_simd_mode,
1895 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1896 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1897 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1898 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1899 machine_mode,
1900 (scalar_mode mode),
1901 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1902
1903 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1904 DEFHOOK
1905 (split_reduction,
1906 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1907 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1908 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1909 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1910 machine_mode,
1911 (machine_mode),
1912 default_split_reduction)
1913
1914 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1915 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1916 DEFHOOK
1917 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1918 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1919 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1920 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1921 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1922 for a given element mode.\n\
1923 \n\
1924 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1925 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1926 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1927 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1928 element mode.\n\
1929 \n\
1930 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1931 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1932 \n\
1933 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1934 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1935 @table @code\n\
1936 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1937 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1938 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1939 mode that works.\n\
1940 @end table\n\
1941 \n\
1942 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1943 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1944 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1945 returns 0.",
1946 unsigned int,
1947 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1948 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1949
1950 DEFHOOK
1951 (related_mode,
1952 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1953 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1954 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1955 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1956 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1957 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1958 required properties.\n\
1959 \n\
1960 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1961 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1962 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1963 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1964 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1965 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1966 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1967 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1968 vector sizes.\n\
1969 \n\
1970 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1971 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1972 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1973 opt_machine_mode,
1974 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
1975 default_vectorize_related_mode)
1976
1977 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1978 DEFHOOK
1979 (get_mask_mode,
1980 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
1981 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
1982 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
1983 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
1984 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
1985 mask mode exists.\n\
1986 \n\
1987 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
1988 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
1989 opt_machine_mode,
1990 (machine_mode mode),
1991 default_get_mask_mode)
1992
1993 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1994 mask is all zeros. */
1995 DEFHOOK
1996 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1997 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1998 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1999 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
2000 bool,
2001 (unsigned ifn),
2002 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
2003
2004 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
2005 DEFHOOK
2006 (builtin_gather,
2007 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2008 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2009 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2010 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2011 loads.",
2012 tree,
2013 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2014 NULL)
2015
2016 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
2017 DEFHOOK
2018 (builtin_scatter,
2019 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2020 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2021 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2022 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2023 stores.",
2024 tree,
2025 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2026 NULL)
2027
2028 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2029 DEFHOOK
2030 (init_cost,
2031 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
2032 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
2033 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
2034 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
2035 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
2036 "is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the "
2037 "current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise "
2038 "it is for the vector version.",
2039 void *,
2040 (class loop *loop_info, bool costing_for_scalar),
2041 default_init_cost)
2042
2043 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
2044 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2045 block. */
2046 DEFHOOK
2047 (add_stmt_cost,
2048 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
2049 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2050 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2051 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2052 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
2053 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2054 "revised.",
2055 unsigned,
2056 (class vec_info *, void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2057 class _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, tree vectype, int misalign,
2058 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2059 default_add_stmt_cost)
2060
2061 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2062 loop or block. */
2063 DEFHOOK
2064 (finish_cost,
2065 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2066 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2067 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2068 "the three accumulators.",
2069 void,
2070 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2071 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2072 default_finish_cost)
2073
2074 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2075 DEFHOOK
2076 (destroy_cost_data,
2077 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2078 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2079 "accumulator.",
2080 void,
2081 (void *data),
2082 default_destroy_cost_data)
2083
2084 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2085
2086 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2087 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2088
2089 DEFHOOK
2090 (preferred_else_value,
2091 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2092 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2093 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2094 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2095 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2096 \n\
2097 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2098 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2099 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2100 \n\
2101 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2102 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2103 constant of type @var{type}.",
2104 tree,
2105 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2106 default_preferred_else_value)
2107
2108 DEFHOOK
2109 (record_offload_symbol,
2110 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2111 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2112 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2113 void, (tree),
2114 hook_void_tree)
2115
2116 DEFHOOKPOD
2117 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2118 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2119 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2120 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2121 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2122
2123 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2124 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2125 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2126 DEFHOOK
2127 (override_options_after_change,
2128 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2129 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2130 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2131 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2132 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2133 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2134 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2135 void, (void),
2136 hook_void_void)
2137
2138 DEFHOOK
2139 (offload_options,
2140 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2141 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2142 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2143 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2144 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2145 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2146
2147 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2148 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2149 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2150 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2151 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2152
2153 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2154 DEFHOOK
2155 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2156 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2157 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2158 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2159 targets.",
2160 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2161 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2162
2163 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2164 DEFHOOK
2165 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2166 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2167 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2168 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2169 targets.",
2170 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2171 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2172
2173 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2174 DEFHOOK
2175 (unwind_word_mode,
2176 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2177 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2178 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2179 default_unwind_word_mode)
2180
2181 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2182 DEFHOOK
2183 (merge_decl_attributes,
2184 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2185 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2186 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2187 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2188 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2189 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2190 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2191 \n\
2192 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2193 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2194 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2195 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2196 will then define a function called\n\
2197 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2198 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2199 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2200 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2201 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2202 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2203 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2204 merge_decl_attributes)
2205
2206 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2207 DEFHOOK
2208 (merge_type_attributes,
2209 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2210 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2211 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2212 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2213 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2214 merging.",
2215 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2216 merge_type_attributes)
2217
2218 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2219 Ignored if NULL. */
2220 DEFHOOKPOD
2221 (attribute_table,
2222 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2223 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2224 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2225 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2226 take.",
2227 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2228
2229 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2230 argument. */
2231 DEFHOOK
2232 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2233 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2234 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2235 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2236 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2237 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2238 bool, (const_tree name),
2239 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2240
2241 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2242 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2243 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2244 DEFHOOK
2245 (comp_type_attributes,
2246 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2247 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2248 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2249 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2250 supposed always to be compatible.",
2251 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2252 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2253
2254 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2255 DEFHOOK
2256 (set_default_type_attributes,
2257 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2258 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2259 void, (tree type),
2260 hook_void_tree)
2261
2262 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2263 DEFHOOK
2264 (insert_attributes,
2265 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2266 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2267 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2268 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2269 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2270 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2271 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2272 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2273 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2274 needed.",
2275 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2276 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2277
2278 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2279 DEFHOOK
2280 (handle_generic_attribute,
2281 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2282 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2283 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2284 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2285 @var{section} attribute.",
2286 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2287 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2288
2289 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2290 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2291 DEFHOOK
2292 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2293 "@cindex inlining\n\
2294 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2295 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2296 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2297 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2298 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2299 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2300
2301 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2302 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2303 DEFHOOK
2304 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2305 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2306 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2307 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2308 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2309 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2310 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2311 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2312 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2313 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2314 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2315 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2316 \n\
2317 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2318 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2319 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2320 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2321 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2322 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2323 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2324 \n\
2325 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2326 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2327 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2328 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2329 may affect its placement.",
2330 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2331 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2332
2333 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2334 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2335 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2336 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2337 (words_big_endian,
2338 "",
2339 bool, (void),
2340 targhook_words_big_endian)
2341
2342 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2343 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2344 (float_words_big_endian,
2345 "",
2346 bool, (void),
2347 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2348
2349 DEFHOOK
2350 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2351 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2352 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2353 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2354 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2355 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2356 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2357 does not.",
2358 bool, (void),
2359 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2360
2361 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2362 DEFHOOK
2363 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2364 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2365 bool, (void),
2366 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2367
2368 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2369 DEFHOOK
2370 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2371 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2372 bool, (void),
2373 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2374
2375 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2376 DEFHOOK
2377 (align_anon_bitfield,
2378 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2379 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2380 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2381 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2382 bool, (void),
2383 hook_bool_void_false)
2384
2385 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2386 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2387 DEFHOOK
2388 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2389 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2390 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2391 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2392 \n\
2393 The default is @code{false}.",
2394 bool, (void),
2395 hook_bool_void_false)
2396
2397 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2398 DEFHOOK
2399 (init_builtins,
2400 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2401 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2402 necessary setup.\n\
2403 \n\
2404 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2405 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2406 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2407 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2408 \n\
2409 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2410 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2411 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2412 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2413 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2414 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2415 void, (void),
2416 hook_void_void)
2417
2418 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2419 built-in function decl for CODE.
2420 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2421 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2422 DEFHOOK
2423 (builtin_decl,
2424 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2425 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2426 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2427 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2428 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2429 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2430 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2431 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2432
2433 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2434 DEFHOOK
2435 (expand_builtin,
2436 "\n\
2437 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2438 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2439 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2440 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2441 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2442 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2443 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2444 built-in function.",
2445 rtx,
2446 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2447 default_expand_builtin)
2448
2449 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2450 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2451 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2452 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2453 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2454 DEFHOOK
2455 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2456 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2457 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2458 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2459 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2460 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2461 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2462 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2463 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2464 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2465 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2466
2467 DEFHOOK
2468 (check_builtin_call,
2469 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2470 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2471 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2472 and return false.\n\
2473 \n\
2474 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2475 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2476 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2477 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2478 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2479 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2480 of each argument.",
2481 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2482 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2483 NULL)
2484
2485 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2486 and GENERIC. */
2487 DEFHOOK
2488 (fold_builtin,
2489 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2490 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2491 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2492 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2493 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2494 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2495 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2496 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2497 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2498
2499 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2500 DEFHOOK
2501 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2502 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2503 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2504 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2505 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2506 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2507 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2508
2509 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2510 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2511 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2512 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2513 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2514 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2515 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2516 and 0 if they are the same. */
2517 DEFHOOK
2518 (compare_version_priority,
2519 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2520 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2521 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2522 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2523 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2524 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2525 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2526
2527 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2528 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2529 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2530 must be generated. */
2531 DEFHOOK
2532 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2533 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2534 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2535 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2536 body must be generated.",
2537 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2538
2539 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2540 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2541 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2542 identical versions. */
2543 DEFHOOK
2544 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2545 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2546 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2547 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2548 identical versions.",
2549 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2550
2551 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2552 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2553 DEFHOOK
2554 (builtin_reciprocal,
2555 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2556 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2557 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2558 tree, (tree fndecl),
2559 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2560
2561 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2562 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2563 NULL. */
2564 DEFHOOK
2565 (mangle_type,
2566 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2567 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2568 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2569 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2570 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2571 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2572 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2573 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2574 string constant.\n\
2575 \n\
2576 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2577 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2578 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2579 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2580 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2581 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2582 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2583 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2584 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2585 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2586 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2587 spaces in your string.\n\
2588 \n\
2589 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2590 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2591 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2592 before mangling.\n\
2593 \n\
2594 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2595 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2596 types.",
2597 const char *, (const_tree type),
2598 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2599
2600 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2601 DEFHOOK
2602 (init_libfuncs,
2603 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2604 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2605 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2606 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2607 library routines.\n\
2608 \n\
2609 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2610 void, (void),
2611 hook_void_void)
2612
2613 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2614 DEFHOOKPOD
2615 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2616 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2617 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2618 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2619 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2620 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2621 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2622 bool, false)
2623
2624 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2625 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2626 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2627 DEFHOOK
2628 (section_type_flags,
2629 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2630 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2631 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2632 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2633 \n\
2634 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2635 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2636 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2637 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2638 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2639 default_section_type_flags)
2640
2641 DEFHOOK
2642 (libc_has_function,
2643 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2644 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2645 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2646 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2647 specific type.",
2648 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2649 default_libc_has_function)
2650
2651 DEFHOOK
2652 (libc_has_fast_function,
2653 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2654 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2655 bool, (int fcode),
2656 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2657
2658 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2659 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2660 DEFHOOK
2661 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2662 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2663 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2664 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2665 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2666 \n\
2667 @smallexample\n\
2668 static bool\n\
2669 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2670 @{\n\
2671 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2672 @}\n\
2673 @end smallexample",
2674 bool, (void),
2675 hook_bool_void_false)
2676
2677 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2678 DEFHOOK
2679 (can_follow_jump,
2680 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2681 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2682 false, if it can't.\
2683 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2684 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2685 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2686 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2687
2688 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2689 DEFHOOK
2690 (have_conditional_execution,
2691 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2692 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2693 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2694 bool, (void),
2695 default_have_conditional_execution)
2696
2697 DEFHOOK
2698 (gen_ccmp_first,
2699 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2700 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2701 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2702 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2703 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2704 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2705 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2706 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2707 NULL)
2708
2709 DEFHOOK
2710 (gen_ccmp_next,
2711 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2712 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2713 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2714 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2715 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2716 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2717 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2718 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2719 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2720 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2721 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2722 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2723 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2724 NULL)
2725
2726 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2727 DEFHOOK
2728 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2729 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2730 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2731 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2732 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2733 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2734 number of memory accesses.",
2735 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2736 NULL)
2737
2738 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2739 DEFHOOK
2740 (legitimate_constant_p,
2741 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2742 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2743 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2744 \n\
2745 The default definition returns true.",
2746 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2747 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2748
2749 /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed. */
2750 DEFHOOK
2751 (precompute_tls_p,
2752 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
2753 machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
2754 You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
2755 check this.\n\
2756 \n\
2757 The default definition returns false.",
2758 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2759 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2760
2761 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2762 DEFHOOK
2763 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2764 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2765 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2766 of @var{x}.\n\
2767 \n\
2768 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2769 \n\
2770 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2771 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2772 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2773 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2774 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2775 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2776 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2777
2778 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2779 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2780 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2781 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2782
2783 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2784 DEFHOOK
2785 (commutative_p,
2786 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2787 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2788 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2789 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2790 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2791 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2792
2793 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2794 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2795 DEFHOOK
2796 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2797 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2798 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2799 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2800 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2801 but not others.\n\
2802 \n\
2803 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2804 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2805 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2806 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2807 \n\
2808 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2809 \n\
2810 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2811 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2812 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2813
2814 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2815 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2816 DEFHOOK
2817 (legitimize_address,
2818 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2819 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2820 address.\n\
2821 \n\
2822 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2823 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2824 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2825 @var{x}.\n\
2826 \n\
2827 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2828 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2829 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2830 \n\
2831 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2832 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2833 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2834 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2835 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2836 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2837 strategy can generate better code.",
2838 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2839 default_legitimize_address)
2840
2841 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2842 DEFHOOK
2843 (delegitimize_address,
2844 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2845 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2846 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2847 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2848 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2849 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2850 into their original form.",
2851 rtx, (rtx x),
2852 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2853
2854 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2855 section. */
2856 DEFHOOK
2857 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2858 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2859 debug sections.",
2860 bool, (rtx x),
2861 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2862
2863 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2864 DEFHOOK
2865 (legitimate_address_p,
2866 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2867 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2868 \n\
2869 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2870 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2871 desired by the caller.\n\
2872 \n\
2873 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2874 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2875 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2876 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2877 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2878 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2879 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2880 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2881 \n\
2882 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2883 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2884 register is required.\n\
2885 \n\
2886 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2887 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2888 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2889 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2890 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2891 \n\
2892 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2893 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2894 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2895 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2896 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2897 \n\
2898 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2899 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2900 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2901 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2902 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2903 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2904 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2905 Format}.\n\
2906 \n\
2907 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2908 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2909 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2910 has this syntax:\n\
2911 \n\
2912 @example\n\
2913 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2914 @end example\n\
2915 \n\
2916 @noindent\n\
2917 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2918 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2919 \n\
2920 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2921 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2922 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2923 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2924 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2925 \n\
2926 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2927 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2928 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2929 default_legitimate_address_p)
2930
2931 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2932 DEFHOOK
2933 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2934 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2935 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2936 of @var{x}.\n\
2937 \n\
2938 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2939 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2940 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2941
2942 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2943 DEFHOOK
2944 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2945 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2946 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2947 \n\
2948 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2949 bool, (const_tree decl),
2950 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2951
2952 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2953 DEFHOOKPOD
2954 (min_anchor_offset,
2955 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2956 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2957 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2958 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2959 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2960
2961 DEFHOOKPOD
2962 (max_anchor_offset,
2963 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2964 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2965 value is 0.",
2966 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2967
2968 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2969 DEFHOOK
2970 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2971 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2972 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2973 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2974 \n\
2975 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2976 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2977 or target-specific sections.",
2978 bool, (const_rtx x),
2979 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2980
2981 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2982 DEFHOOK
2983 (has_ifunc_p,
2984 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2985 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2986 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2987 bool, (void),
2988 default_has_ifunc_p)
2989
2990 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2991 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2992 this is an indirect call. */
2993 DEFHOOK
2994 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2995 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2996 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2997 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2998 \n\
2999 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3000 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3001 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3002 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
3003 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3004 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3005 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3006 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3007
3008 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3009 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3010 level, outside of any function scope. */
3011 DEFHOOK
3012 (set_current_function,
3013 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3014 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3015 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3016 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3017 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3018 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3019 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3020 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3021 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3022 \n\
3023 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3024 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3025 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3026 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3027 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3028 outside of any function scope.",
3029 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3030
3031 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3032 DEFHOOK
3033 (in_small_data_p,
3034 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3035 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3036 bool, (const_tree exp),
3037 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3038
3039 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3040 to the current executable or shared library. */
3041 DEFHOOK
3042 (binds_local_p,
3043 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3044 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3045 or executable image).\n\
3046 \n\
3047 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3048 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3049 currently supported object file formats.",
3050 bool, (const_tree exp),
3051 default_binds_local_p)
3052
3053 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3054 DEFHOOK
3055 (profile_before_prologue,
3056 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3057 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3058 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3059 bool, (void),
3060 default_profile_before_prologue)
3061
3062 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3063 enabled. */
3064 DEFHOOK
3065 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3066 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3067 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3068 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3069 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3070 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3071 bool, (void),
3072 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3073
3074 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3075 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3076 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3077 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3078 DEFHOOK
3079 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3080 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3081 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3082 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3083 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3084 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3085 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3086 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3087 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3088 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3089
3090 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3091 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3092 DEFHOOK
3093 (encode_section_info,
3094 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3095 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3096 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3097 \n\
3098 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3099 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3100 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3101 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3102 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3103 \n\
3104 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3105 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3106 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3107 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3108 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3109 leave it alone.)\n\
3110 \n\
3111 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3112 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3113 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3114 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3115 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3116 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3117 \n\
3118 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3119 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3120 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3121 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3122 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3123 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3124 \n\
3125 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3126 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3127 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3128 before overriding it.",
3129 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3130 default_encode_section_info)
3131
3132 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3133 DEFHOOK
3134 (strip_name_encoding,
3135 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3136 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3137 may have added.",
3138 const char *, (const char *name),
3139 default_strip_name_encoding)
3140
3141 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3142 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3143 DEFHOOK
3144 (shift_truncation_mask,
3145 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3146 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3147 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3148 \n\
3149 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3150 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3151 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3152 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3153 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3154 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3155 \n\
3156 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3157 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3158 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3159 \n\
3160 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3161 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3162 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3163 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3164 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3165 by overriding it.",
3166 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3167 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3168
3169 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3170 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3171 the reciprocal. */
3172 DEFHOOK
3173 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3174 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3175 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3176 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3177 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3178 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3179 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3180 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3181 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3182
3183 DEFHOOK
3184 (truly_noop_truncation,
3185 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3186 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3187 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3188 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3189 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3190 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3191 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3192 \n\
3193 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3194 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3195 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3196 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3197 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3198
3199 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3200 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3201 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3202 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3203 necessarily defined at this point. */
3204 DEFHOOK
3205 (mode_rep_extended,
3206 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3207 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3208 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3209 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3210 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3211 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3212 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3213 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3214 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3215 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3216 \n\
3217 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3218 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3219 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3220 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3221 \n\
3222 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3223 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3224 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3225 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3226 extension.\n\
3227 \n\
3228 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3229 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3230 @code{mode}.",
3231 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3232 default_mode_rep_extended)
3233
3234 DEFHOOK
3235 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3236 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3237 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3238 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3239 \n\
3240 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3241 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3242 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3243 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3244 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3245 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3246 bool, (void),
3247 hook_bool_void_false)
3248
3249 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3250 DEFHOOK
3251 (valid_pointer_mode,
3252 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3253 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3254 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3255 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3256 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3257
3258 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3259 DEFHOOK
3260 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3261 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3262 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3263 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3264 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3265 a pointer to int.",
3266 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3267 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3268
3269 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3270 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3271 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3272 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3273
3274 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3275 DEFHOOK
3276 (pointer_mode,
3277 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3278 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3279 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3280 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3281 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3282
3283 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3284 DEFHOOK
3285 (address_mode,
3286 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3287 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3288 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3289 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3290 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3291
3292 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3293 in another address space. */
3294 DEFHOOK
3295 (valid_pointer_mode,
3296 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3297 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3298 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3299 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3300 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3301 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3302 target hooks for the given address space.",
3303 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3304 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3305
3306 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3307 space for a given mode. */
3308 DEFHOOK
3309 (legitimate_address_p,
3310 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3311 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3312 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3313 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3314 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3315 explicit named address space support.",
3316 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3317 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3318
3319 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3320 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3321 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3322 DEFHOOK
3323 (legitimize_address,
3324 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3325 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3326 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3327 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3328 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3329 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3330
3331 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3332 DEFHOOK
3333 (subset_p,
3334 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3335 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3336 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3337 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3338 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3339 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3340 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3341 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3342
3343 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3344 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3345 DEFHOOK
3346 (zero_address_valid,
3347 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3348 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3349 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3350 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3351
3352 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3353 DEFHOOK
3354 (convert,
3355 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3356 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3357 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3358 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3359 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3360 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3361 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3362 default_addr_space_convert)
3363
3364 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3365 DEFHOOK
3366 (debug,
3367 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3368 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3369 int, (addr_space_t as),
3370 default_addr_space_debug)
3371
3372 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3373 DEFHOOK
3374 (diagnose_usage,
3375 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3376 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3377 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3378 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3379 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3380 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3381 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3382 The default implementation does nothing.",
3383 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3384 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3385
3386 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3387
3388 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3389 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3390
3391 DEFHOOK
3392 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3393 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3394 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3395 void, (tree decl),
3396 hook_void_tree)
3397
3398 DEFHOOK
3399 (static_rtx_alignment,
3400 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3401 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3402 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3403 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3404 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3405 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3406
3407 DEFHOOK
3408 (constant_alignment,
3409 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3410 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3411 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3412 \n\
3413 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3414 \n\
3415 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3416 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3417 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3418 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3419 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3420 default_constant_alignment)
3421
3422 DEFHOOK
3423 (translate_mode_attribute,
3424 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3425 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3426 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3427 \n\
3428 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3429 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3430 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3431
3432 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3433 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3434 the arithmetic is supported. */
3435 DEFHOOK
3436 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3437 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3438 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3439 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3440 must work.\n\
3441 \n\
3442 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3443 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3444 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3445 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3446 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3447 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3448
3449 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3450 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3451 for further details. */
3452 DEFHOOK
3453 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3454 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3455 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3456 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3457 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3458 hook_bool_mode_false)
3459
3460 DEFHOOK
3461 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3462 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3463 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3464 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3465 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3466 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3467 \n\
3468 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3469 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3470 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3471 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3472 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3473 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3474 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3475 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3476 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3477 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3478 \n\
3479 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3480 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3481 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3482
3483 DEFHOOK
3484 (vector_alignment,
3485 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3486 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3487 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3488 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3489 the vector element type.",
3490 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3491 default_vector_alignment)
3492
3493 DEFHOOK
3494 (array_mode,
3495 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3496 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3497 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3498 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3499 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3500 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3501 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3502 used in specific cases.\n\
3503 \n\
3504 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3505 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3506 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3507 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3508
3509 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3510 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3511 DEFHOOK
3512 (array_mode_supported_p,
3513 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3514 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3515 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3516 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3517 \n\
3518 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3519 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3520 has operations like:\n\
3521 \n\
3522 @smallexample\n\
3523 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3524 @end smallexample\n\
3525 \n\
3526 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3527 \n\
3528 @smallexample\n\
3529 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3530 @{\n\
3531 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3532 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3533 @end smallexample\n\
3534 \n\
3535 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3536 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3537 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3538 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3539 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3540
3541 DEFHOOK
3542 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3543 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3544 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3545 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3546 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3547 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3548 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3549 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3550
3551 DEFHOOK
3552 (floatn_mode,
3553 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3554 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3555 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3556 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3557 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3558 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3559 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3560 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3561 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3562 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3563 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3564 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3565 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3566 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3567 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3568 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3569 default_floatn_mode)
3570
3571 DEFHOOK
3572 (floatn_builtin_p,
3573 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3574 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3575 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3576 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3577 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3578 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3579 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3580 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3581 bool, (int func),
3582 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3583
3584 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3585 TO, using MODE. */
3586 DEFHOOK
3587 (register_move_cost,
3588 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3589 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3590 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3591 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3592 that.\n\
3593 \n\
3594 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3595 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3596 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3597 \n\
3598 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3599 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3600 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3601 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3602 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3603 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3604 \n\
3605 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3606 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3607 default_register_move_cost)
3608
3609 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3610 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3611 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3612 DEFHOOK
3613 (memory_move_cost,
3614 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3615 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3616 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3617 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3618 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3619 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3620 \n\
3621 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3622 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3623 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3624 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3625 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3626 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3627 \n\
3628 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3629 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3630 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3631 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3632 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3633 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3634 are the same as to this target hook.",
3635 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3636 default_memory_move_cost)
3637
3638 DEFHOOK
3639 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3640 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3641 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3642 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3643 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3644 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3645 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3646 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3647 \n\
3648 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3649 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3650 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3651 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3652 units.\n\
3653 \n\
3654 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3655 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3656 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3657 under consideration.\n\
3658 \n\
3659 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3660 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3661 \n\
3662 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3663 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3664 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3665 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3666 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3667 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3668 \n\
3669 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3670 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3671 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3672 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3673 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3674 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3675
3676 DEFHOOK
3677 (overlap_op_by_pieces_p,
3678 "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3679 infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
3680 in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
3681 region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
3682 bool, (void),
3683 hook_bool_void_false)
3684
3685 DEFHOOK
3686 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3687 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3688 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3689 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3690 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3691 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3692 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3693 negative number from this hook.",
3694 int, (machine_mode mode),
3695 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3696
3697 DEFHOOK
3698 (slow_unaligned_access,
3699 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3700 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3701 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3702 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3703 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3704 \n\
3705 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3706 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3707 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3708 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3709 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3710 \n\
3711 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3712 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3713 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3714 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3715
3716 DEFHOOK
3717 (optab_supported_p,
3718 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3719 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3720 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3721 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3722 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3723 \n\
3724 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3725 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3726 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3727 \n\
3728 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3729 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3730 optimization_type opt_type),
3731 default_optab_supported_p)
3732
3733 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3734 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3735 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3736 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3737 DEFHOOK
3738 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3739 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3740 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3741 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3742 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3743 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3744 for any mode.\n\
3745 \n\
3746 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3747 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3748 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3749 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3750 insn.\n\
3751 \n\
3752 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3753 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3754 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3755 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3756 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3757 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3758 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3759 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3760 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3761 \n\
3762 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3763 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3764 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3765 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3766 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3767 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3768 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3769 hook_bool_mode_false)
3770
3771 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3772 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3773 DEFHOOKPOD
3774 (flags_regnum,
3775 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3776 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3777 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3778 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3779
3780 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3781 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3782 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3783 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3784 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3785 DEFHOOK
3786 (rtx_costs,
3787 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3788 \n\
3789 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3790 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3791 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3792 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3793 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3794 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3795 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3796 \n\
3797 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3798 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3799 \n\
3800 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3801 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3802 instructions.\n\
3803 \n\
3804 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3805 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3806 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3807 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3808 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3809 \n\
3810 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3811 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3812 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3813 \n\
3814 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3815 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3816 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3817 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3818
3819 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3820 invalid addresses. */
3821 DEFHOOK
3822 (address_cost,
3823 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3824 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3825 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3826 \n\
3827 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3828 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3829 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3830 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3831 \n\
3832 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3833 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3834 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3835 \n\
3836 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3837 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3838 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3839 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3840 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3841 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3842 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3843 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3844 \n\
3845 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3846 \n\
3847 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3848 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3849 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3850 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3851 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3852 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3853 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3854 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3855 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3856 default_address_cost)
3857
3858 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3859 DEFHOOK
3860 (insn_cost,
3861 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3862 \n\
3863 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3864 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3865 instructions.\n\
3866 \n\
3867 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3868 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3869 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3870 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3871
3872 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3873 well defined units. */
3874 DEFHOOK
3875 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3876 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3877 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3878 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3879 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3880 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3881 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3882 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3883 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3884 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3885 \n\
3886 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3887 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3888 were true.\n\
3889 \n\
3890 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3891 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3892 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3893 unsigned int, (edge e),
3894 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3895
3896 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3897 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3898 DEFHOOK
3899 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3900 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3901 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3902 @code{if_info}.",
3903 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3904 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3905
3906 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3907 memref in insn. */
3908 DEFHOOK
3909 (new_address_profitable_p,
3910 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3911 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3912 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3913 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3914 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3915 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3916
3917 DEFHOOK
3918 (estimated_poly_value,
3919 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3920 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3921 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3922 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3923 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3924 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3925 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3926 default_estimated_poly_value)
3927
3928 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3929 scheduling. */
3930 DEFHOOK
3931 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3932 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3933 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3934 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3935 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3936 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3937 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3938 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3939 hook_bool_void_false)
3940
3941 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3942 DEFHOOK
3943 (allocate_initial_value,
3944 "\n\
3945 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3946 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3947 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3948 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3949 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3950 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3951 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3952 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3953 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3954 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3955 @code{MEM}.\n\
3956 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3957 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3958 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3959 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3960 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3961 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3962 allocation.",
3963 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3964
3965 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3966 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3967 DEFHOOK
3968 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3969 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3970 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3971 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3972 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3973 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3974 passed along.",
3975 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3976 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3977
3978 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3979 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3980 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3981 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3982 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3983 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3984 DEFHOOK
3985 (dwarf_register_span,
3986 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3987 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3988 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3989 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3990 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3991 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3992 rtx, (rtx reg),
3993 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3994
3995 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3996 register. */
3997 DEFHOOK
3998 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3999 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
4000 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
4001 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
4002 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
4003 machine_mode, (int regno),
4004 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
4005
4006 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
4007 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
4008 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
4009 code, given the address of the table. */
4010 DEFHOOK
4011 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
4012 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
4013 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
4014 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
4015 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
4016 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
4017 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
4018 void, (tree address),
4019 hook_void_tree)
4020
4021 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
4022 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
4023 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
4024 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
4025 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
4026 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
4027 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
4028 DEFHOOK
4029 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
4030 "On targets which use a hard\n\
4031 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
4032 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
4033 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
4034 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
4035 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
4036 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
4037 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
4038 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
4039 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
4040 \n\
4041 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4042 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4043 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4044
4045 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4046 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4047 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4048 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4049 VOIDmode. */
4050 DEFHOOK
4051 (cc_modes_compatible,
4052 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4053 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4054 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4055 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4056 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4057 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4058 \n\
4059 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4060 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4061 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4062 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4063 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4064
4065 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4066 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4067 DEFHOOK
4068 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4069 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4070 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4071 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4072 \n\
4073 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4074 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4075 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4076 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4077 \n\
4078 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4079 definition is null.",
4080 void, (void), NULL)
4081
4082 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4083 DEFHOOK
4084 (build_builtin_va_list,
4085 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4086 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4087 tree, (void),
4088 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4089
4090 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4091 DEFHOOK
4092 (enum_va_list_p,
4093 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4094 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4095 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4096 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4097 variable.\n\
4098 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4099 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4100 internal type.\n\
4101 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4102 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4103 macro to iterate through all types.",
4104 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4105 NULL)
4106
4107 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4108 DEFHOOK
4109 (fn_abi_va_list,
4110 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4111 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4112 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4113 tree, (tree fndecl),
4114 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4115
4116 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4117 DEFHOOK
4118 (canonical_va_list_type,
4119 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4120 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4121 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4122 tree, (tree type),
4123 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4124
4125 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4126 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4127 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4128 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4129 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4130
4131 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4132 DEFHOOK
4133 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4134 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4135 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4136 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4137 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4138 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4139 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4140
4141 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4142 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4143 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4144 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4145 or an error message if not. */
4146 DEFHOOK
4147 (get_pch_validity,
4148 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4149 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4150 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4151 void *, (size_t *sz),
4152 default_get_pch_validity)
4153
4154 DEFHOOK
4155 (pch_valid_p,
4156 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4157 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4158 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4159 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4160 \n\
4161 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4162 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4163 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4164 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4165 \n\
4166 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4167 suitable for most targets.",
4168 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4169 default_pch_valid_p)
4170
4171 DEFHOOK
4172 (prepare_pch_save,
4173 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4174 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4175 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4176 to do anything here.",
4177 void, (void),
4178 hook_void_void)
4179
4180 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4181 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4182 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4183 DEFHOOK
4184 (check_pch_target_flags,
4185 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4186 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4187 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4188 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4189 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4190 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4191
4192 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4193 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4194 that type. */
4195 DEFHOOK
4196 (default_short_enums,
4197 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4198 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4199 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4200 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4201 \n\
4202 The default is to return false.",
4203 bool, (void),
4204 hook_bool_void_false)
4205
4206 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4207 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4208 DEFHOOK
4209 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4210 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4211 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4212 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4213 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4214 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4215 rtx, (void),
4216 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4217
4218 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4219 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4220 DEFHOOK
4221 (md_asm_adjust,
4222 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4223 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4224 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4225 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4226 \n\
4227 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\
4228 @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the\n\
4229 return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that\n\
4230 changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\
4231 to @var{input_modes}.",
4232 rtx_insn *,
4233 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
4234 vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
4235 HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4236 NULL)
4237
4238 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4239 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4240 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4241 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4242 the function is being declared as an int. */
4243 DEFHOOK
4244 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4245 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4246 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4247 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4248 int, (const_tree function),
4249 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4250
4251 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4252 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4253 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4254 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4255 and
4256 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4257 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4258 DEFHOOK
4259 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4260 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4261 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4262 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4263 @smallexample\n\
4264 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4265 @end smallexample\n\
4266 and\n\
4267 @smallexample\n\
4268 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4269 @end smallexample\n\
4270 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4271 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4272 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4273 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4274
4275 DEFHOOK
4276 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4277 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4278 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4279 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4280 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4281 @smallexample\n\
4282 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4283 @end smallexample\n\
4284 \n\
4285 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4286 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4287 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4288 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4289
4290 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4291 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4292 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4293 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4294 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4295 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4296 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4297
4298 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4299 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4300 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4301 DEFHOOK
4302 (stack_protect_guard,
4303 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4304 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4305 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4306 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4307 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4308 \n\
4309 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4310 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4311 tree, (void),
4312 default_stack_protect_guard)
4313
4314 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4315 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4316 DEFHOOK
4317 (stack_protect_fail,
4318 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4319 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4320 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4321 \n\
4322 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4323 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4324 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4325 tree, (void),
4326 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4327
4328 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4329 protector runtime support. */
4330 DEFHOOK
4331 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4332 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4333 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4334 bool, (void),
4335 hook_bool_void_true)
4336
4337 DEFHOOK
4338 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4339 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4340 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4341 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4342 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4343 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4344 \n\
4345 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4346 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4347 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4348 compilation for the second case.\n\
4349 \n\
4350 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4351 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4352 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4353 along with your other target hooks.",
4354 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4355
4356 DEFHOOK
4357 (speculation_safe_value,
4358 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4359 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4360 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4361 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4362 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4363 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4364 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4365 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4366 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4367 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4368 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4369 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4370 \n\
4371 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4372 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4373 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4374 default_speculation_safe_value)
4375
4376 DEFHOOK
4377 (predict_doloop_p,
4378 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4379 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4380 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4381 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4382 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4383 bool, (class loop *loop),
4384 default_predict_doloop_p)
4385
4386 DEFHOOKPOD
4387 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4388 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4389 and branch.\n\
4390 The default value is false.",
4391 bool, false)
4392
4393 DEFHOOKPOD
4394 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4395 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4396 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4397 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4398 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4399 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4400 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4401 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4402 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4403 The default value is zero.",
4404 int64_t, 0)
4405
4406 DEFHOOKPOD
4407 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4408 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4409 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4410 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4411 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4412 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4413 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4414 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4415 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4416 The default value is zero.",
4417 int64_t, 0)
4418
4419 DEFHOOK
4420 (can_use_doloop_p,
4421 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4422 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4423 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4424 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4425 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4426 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4427 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4428 \n\
4429 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4430 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4431 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4432 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4433 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4434 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4435
4436 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4437 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4438 DEFHOOK
4439 (invalid_within_doloop,
4440 "\n\
4441 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4442 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4443 could not be applied.\n\
4444 \n\
4445 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4446 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4447 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4448 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4449 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4450 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4451 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4452
4453 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4454 DEFHOOK
4455 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4456 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4457 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4458 default is to accept all instructions.",
4459 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4460 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4461
4462 DEFHOOK
4463 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4464 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4465 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4466 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4467 bool, (const_tree decl),
4468 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4469
4470 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4471 value. */
4472 DEFHOOKPOD
4473 (const_anchor,
4474 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4475 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4476 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4477 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4478 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4479 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4480 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4481 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4482 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4483 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4484 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4485 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4486 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4487 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4488 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4489 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4490
4491 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4492 DEFHOOK
4493 (memmodel_check,
4494 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4495 memory model bits are allowed.",
4496 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4497
4498 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4499 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4500 supported by the target. */
4501 DEFHOOK
4502 (asan_shadow_offset,
4503 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4504 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4505 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4506 by a subtarget.",
4507 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4508 NULL)
4509
4510 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4511 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4512 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4513
4514 DEFHOOK
4515 (promote_function_mode,
4516 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4517 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4518 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4519 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4520 pointer} types.\n\
4521 \n\
4522 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4523 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4524 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4525 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4526 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4527 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4528 the signedness may be different.\n\
4529 \n\
4530 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4531 \n\
4532 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4533 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4534 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4535 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4536 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4537 default_promote_function_mode)
4538
4539 DEFHOOK
4540 (promote_prototypes,
4541 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4542 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4543 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4544 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4545 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4546 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4547 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4548
4549 DEFHOOK
4550 (struct_value_rtx,
4551 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4552 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4553 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4554 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4555 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4556 argument.\n\
4557 \n\
4558 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4559 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4560 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4561 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4562 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4563 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4564 the caller.\n\
4565 \n\
4566 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4567 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4568 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4569 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4570 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4571 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4572 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4573
4574 DEFHOOKPOD
4575 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4576 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4577 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4578 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4579 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4580 undesirable on your target.",
4581 bool, false)
4582
4583 DEFHOOK
4584 (return_in_memory,
4585 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4586 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4587 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4588 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4589 libcalls.\n\
4590 \n\
4591 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4592 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4593 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4594 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4595 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4596 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4597 \n\
4598 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4599 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4600 to indicate this.",
4601 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4602 default_return_in_memory)
4603
4604 DEFHOOK
4605 (return_in_msb,
4606 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4607 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4608 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4609 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4610 \n\
4611 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4612 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4613 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4614 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4615 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4616 bool, (const_tree type),
4617 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4618
4619 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4620 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4621 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4622 DEFHOOK
4623 (pass_by_reference,
4624 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4625 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4626 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4627 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4628 \n\
4629 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4630 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4631 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4632 to that type.",
4633 bool,
4634 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4635 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4636
4637 DEFHOOK
4638 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4639 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4640 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4641 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4642 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4643 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4644 rtx, (void),
4645 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4646
4647 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4648 DEFHOOK
4649 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4650 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4651 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4652 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4653 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4654 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4655 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4656 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4657 \n\
4658 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4659 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4660 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4661 arguments.\n\
4662 \n\
4663 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4664 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4665 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4666 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4667 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4668 frame.\n\
4669 \n\
4670 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4671 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4672 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4673 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4674 for all data types.\n\
4675 \n\
4676 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4677 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4678 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4679 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4680 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4681 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4682 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4683 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4684
4685 DEFHOOK
4686 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4687 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4688 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4689 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4690 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4691 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4692 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4693 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4694 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4695 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4696
4697 DEFHOOK
4698 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4699 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4700 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4701 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4702 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4703 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4704 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4705 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4706 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4707 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4708
4709 DEFHOOK
4710 (load_returned_bounds,
4711 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4712 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4713 loaded bounds.",
4714 rtx, (rtx slot),
4715 default_load_returned_bounds)
4716
4717 DEFHOOK
4718 (store_returned_bounds,
4719 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4720 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4721 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4722 default_store_returned_bounds)
4723
4724 DEFHOOK
4725 (call_args,
4726 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4727 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4728 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4729 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4730 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4731 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4732 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4733 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4734 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4735 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4736 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4737 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4738 void, (rtx, tree),
4739 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4740
4741 DEFHOOK
4742 (end_call_args,
4743 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4744 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4745 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4746 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4747 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4748 void, (void),
4749 hook_void_void)
4750
4751 DEFHOOK
4752 (strict_argument_naming,
4753 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4754 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4755 \n\
4756 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4757 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4758 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4759 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4760 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4761 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4762 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4763 \n\
4764 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4765 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4766 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4767
4768 /* Returns true if we should use
4769 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4770 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4771 DEFHOOK
4772 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4773 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4774 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4775 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4776 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4777 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4778 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4779 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4780 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4781
4782 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4783 should be passed as two scalars. */
4784 DEFHOOK
4785 (split_complex_arg,
4786 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4787 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4788 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4789 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4790 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4791 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4792 point register.\n\
4793 \n\
4794 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4795 false.",
4796 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4797
4798 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4799 but must be passed on the stack. */
4800 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4801 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4802 DEFHOOK
4803 (must_pass_in_stack,
4804 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4805 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4806 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4807 documentation.",
4808 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4809 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4810
4811 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4812 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4813 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4814 DEFHOOK
4815 (callee_copies,
4816 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4817 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4818 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4819 by the caller.\n\
4820 \n\
4821 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4822 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4823 not be generated.\n\
4824 \n\
4825 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4826 bool,
4827 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4828 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4829
4830 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4831 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4832 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4833 DEFHOOK
4834 (arg_partial_bytes,
4835 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4836 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4837 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4838 pushed on the stack.\n\
4839 \n\
4840 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4841 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4842 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4843 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4844 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4845 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4846 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4847 \n\
4848 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4849 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4850 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4851 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4852 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4853
4854 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4855 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4856 argument. */
4857 DEFHOOK
4858 (function_arg_advance,
4859 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4860 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4861 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4862 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4863 \n\
4864 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4865 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4866 used for arguments without any special help.",
4867 void,
4868 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4869 default_function_arg_advance)
4870
4871 DEFHOOK
4872 (function_arg_offset,
4873 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4874 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4875 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4876 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4877 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4878 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4879 default_function_arg_offset)
4880
4881 DEFHOOK
4882 (function_arg_padding,
4883 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4884 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4885 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4886 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4887 \n\
4888 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4889 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4890 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4891 \n\
4892 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4893 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4894 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4895 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4896 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4897 default_function_arg_padding)
4898
4899 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4900 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4901 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4902 argument. */
4903 DEFHOOK
4904 (function_arg,
4905 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4906 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4907 the previous arguments.\n\
4908 \n\
4909 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4910 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4911 on the stack.\n\
4912 \n\
4913 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4914 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4915 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4916 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4917 for more information.\n\
4918 \n\
4919 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4920 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4921 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4922 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4923 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4924 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4925 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4926 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4927 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4928 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4929 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4930 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4931 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4932 \n\
4933 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4934 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4935 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4936 \n\
4937 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4938 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4939 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4940 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4941 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4942 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4943 \n\
4944 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4945 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4946 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4947 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4948 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4949 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4950 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4951 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4952 a register.",
4953 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4954 default_function_arg)
4955
4956 DEFHOOK
4957 (function_incoming_arg,
4958 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4959 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4960 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4961 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4962 \n\
4963 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4964 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4965 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4966 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4967 arrive.\n\
4968 \n\
4969 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4970 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4971 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4972 \n\
4973 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4974 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4975 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4976 default_function_incoming_arg)
4977
4978 DEFHOOK
4979 (function_arg_boundary,
4980 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4981 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4982 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4983 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4984 default_function_arg_boundary)
4985
4986 DEFHOOK
4987 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4988 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4989 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4990 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4991 value.",
4992 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4993 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4994
4995 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4996 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4997 DEFHOOK
4998 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4999 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5000 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
5001 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
5002 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
5003 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
5004
5005 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
5006 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
5007 DEFHOOK
5008 (function_value,
5009 "\n\
5010 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
5011 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
5012 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
5013 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
5014 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
5015 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
5016 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
5017 a function returns a value.\n\
5018 \n\
5019 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
5020 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
5021 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
5022 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
5023 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
5024 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
5025 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
5026 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
5027 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
5028 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
5029 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
5030 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
5031 \n\
5032 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
5033 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
5034 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
5035 \n\
5036 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
5037 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
5038 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
5039 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
5040 known.\n\
5041 \n\
5042 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
5043 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
5044 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
5045 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5046 \n\
5047 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5048 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
5049 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5050 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5051 default_function_value)
5052
5053 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5054 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5055 DEFHOOK
5056 (libcall_value,
5057 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5058 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5059 \n\
5060 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5061 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5062 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5063 \n\
5064 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5065 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5066 default_libcall_value)
5067
5068 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5069 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5070 DEFHOOK
5071 (function_value_regno_p,
5072 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5073 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5074 \n\
5075 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5076 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5077 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5078 \n\
5079 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5080 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5081 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5082 \n\
5083 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5084 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5085 default_function_value_regno_p)
5086
5087 DEFHOOK
5088 (fntype_abi,
5089 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5090 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5091 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5092 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5093 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5094 NULL)
5095
5096 DEFHOOK
5097 (insn_callee_abi,
5098 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5099 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5100 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5101 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5102 directly.\n\
5103 \n\
5104 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5105 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5106 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5107 NULL)
5108
5109 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5110 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5111 (internal_arg_pointer,
5112 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5113 current function.",
5114 rtx, (void),
5115 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5116
5117 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5118 DEFHOOK
5119 (update_stack_boundary,
5120 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5121 necessary.",
5122 void, (void), NULL)
5123
5124 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5125 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5126 DEFHOOK
5127 (get_drap_rtx,
5128 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5129 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5130 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5131 is needed.",
5132 rtx, (void), NULL)
5133
5134 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5135 DEFHOOK
5136 (zero_call_used_regs,
5137 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5138 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5139 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5140 \n\
5141 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5142 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5143 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5144 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5145 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5146 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5147 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5148
5149 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5150 stack. */
5151 DEFHOOK
5152 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5153 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5154 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5155 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5156 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5157 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5158 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5159 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5160 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5161 bool, (void),
5162 hook_bool_void_true)
5163
5164 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5165 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5166 DEFHOOK
5167 (static_chain,
5168 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5169 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5170 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5171 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5172 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5173 \n\
5174 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5175 \n\
5176 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5177 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5178 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5179 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5180 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5181 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5182 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5183 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5184 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5185 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5186 to refer to those items.",
5187 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5188 default_static_chain)
5189
5190 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5191 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5192 DEFHOOK
5193 (trampoline_init,
5194 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5195 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5196 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5197 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5198 when it is called.\n\
5199 \n\
5200 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5201 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5202 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5203 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5204 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5205 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5206 \n\
5207 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5208 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5209 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5210 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5211 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5212 default_trampoline_init)
5213
5214 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5215 DEFHOOK
5216 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5217 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5218 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5219 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5220 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5221 \n\
5222 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5223 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5224 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5225 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5226 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5227 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5228
5229 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5230 DEFHOOK
5231 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5232 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5233 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5234 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5235 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5236 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5237 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5238 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5239 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5240
5241 DEFHOOKPOD
5242 (custom_function_descriptors,
5243 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5244 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5245 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5246 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5247 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5248 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5249 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5250 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5251 \n\
5252 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5253 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5254 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5255 \n\
5256 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5257 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5258 it to be made executable.",\
5259 int, -1)
5260
5261 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5262 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5263 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5264 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5265 DEFHOOK
5266 (return_pops_args,
5267 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5268 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5269 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5270 \n\
5271 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5272 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5273 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5274 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5275 \n\
5276 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5277 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5278 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5279 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5280 arguments (if known).\n\
5281 \n\
5282 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5283 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5284 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5285 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5286 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5287 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5288 \n\
5289 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5290 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5291 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5292 \n\
5293 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5294 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5295 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5296 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5297 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5298 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5299 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5300 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5301 number of arguments.",
5302 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5303 default_return_pops_args)
5304
5305 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5306 returned. */
5307 DEFHOOK
5308 (get_raw_result_mode,
5309 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5310 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5311 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5312 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5313 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5314
5315 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5316 passed. */
5317 DEFHOOK
5318 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5319 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5320 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5321 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5322 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5323 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5324
5325 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5326 DEFHOOK
5327 (empty_record_p,
5328 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5329 is to return @code{false}.",
5330 bool, (const_tree type),
5331 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5332
5333 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5334 DEFHOOK
5335 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5336 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5337 ABI.",
5338 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5339 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5340
5341 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5342
5343 DEFHOOK
5344 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5345 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5346 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5347 bool, (void),
5348 hook_bool_void_false)
5349
5350 DEFHOOK
5351 (init_pic_reg,
5352 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5353 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5354 void, (void),
5355 hook_void_void)
5356
5357 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5358 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5359 DEFHOOK
5360 (invalid_conversion,
5361 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5362 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5363 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5364 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5365 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5366
5367 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5368 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5369 DEFHOOK
5370 (invalid_unary_op,
5371 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5372 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5373 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5374 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5375 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5376 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5377
5378 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5379 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5380 DEFHOOK
5381 (invalid_binary_op,
5382 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5383 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5384 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5385 the front end.",
5386 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5387 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5388
5389 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5390 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5391 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5392 DEFHOOK
5393 (promoted_type,
5394 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5395 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5396 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5397 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5398 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5399 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5400 tree, (const_tree type),
5401 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5402
5403 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5404 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5405 the standard conversion rules. */
5406 DEFHOOK
5407 (convert_to_type,
5408 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5409 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5410 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5411 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5412 conversion rules.\n\
5413 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5414 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5415 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5416
5417 DEFHOOK
5418 (verify_type_context,
5419 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5420 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5421 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5422 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5423 \n\
5424 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5425 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5426 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5427 \n\
5428 The default implementation always returns true.",
5429 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5430 bool silent_p),
5431 NULL)
5432
5433 DEFHOOK
5434 (can_change_mode_class,
5435 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5436 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5437 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5438 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5439 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5440 \n\
5441 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5442 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5443 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5444 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5445 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5446 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5447 \n\
5448 @smallexample\n\
5449 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5450 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5451 @end smallexample\n\
5452 \n\
5453 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5454 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5455 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5456 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5457 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5458 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5459 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5460 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5461 value that the middle-end intended.",
5462 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5463 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5464
5465 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5466 DEFHOOK
5467 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5468 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5469 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5470 \n\
5471 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5472 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5473 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5474
5475 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5476 DEFHOOK
5477 (lra_p,
5478 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5479 \
5480 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5481 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5482 bool, (void),
5483 default_lra_p)
5484
5485 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5486 DEFHOOK
5487 (register_priority,
5488 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5489 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5490 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5491 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5492 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5493 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5494 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5495 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5496 \
5497 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5498 int, (int),
5499 default_register_priority)
5500
5501 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5502 DEFHOOK
5503 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5504 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5505 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5506 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5507 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5508 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5509 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5510 optimizations.\
5511 \
5512 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5513 bool, (void),
5514 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5515
5516 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5517 DEFHOOK
5518 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5519 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5520 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5521 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5522 the insn.\
5523 \
5524 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5525 bool, (void),
5526 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5527
5528 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5529 instead of memory. */
5530 DEFHOOK
5531 (spill_class,
5532 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5533 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5534 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5535 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5536 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5537 NULL)
5538
5539 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5540 DEFHOOK
5541 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5542 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5543 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5544 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5545 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5546 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5547 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5548 bool, (reg_class_t),
5549 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5550
5551 DEFHOOK
5552 (cstore_mode,
5553 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5554 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5555 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5556 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5557 patterns.",
5558 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5559 default_cstore_mode)
5560
5561 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5562 classes to use. */
5563 DEFHOOK
5564 (compute_pressure_classes,
5565 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5566 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5567 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5568 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5569 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5570
5571 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5572 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5573 DEFHOOK
5574 (member_type_forces_blk,
5575 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5576 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5577 \n\
5578 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5579 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5580 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5581 retain the field's mode.\n\
5582 \n\
5583 Normally, this is not needed.",
5584 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5585 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5586
5587 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5588 that gate the divod transform. */
5589 DEFHOOK
5590 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5591 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5592 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5593 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5594 NULL)
5595
5596 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5597 DEFHOOK
5598 (secondary_reload,
5599 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5600 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5601 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5602 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5603 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5604 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5605 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5606 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5607 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5608 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5609 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5610 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5611 \n\
5612 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5613 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5614 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5615 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5616 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5617 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5618 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5619 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5620 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5621 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5622 \n\
5623 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5624 \n\
5625 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5626 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5627 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5628 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5629 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5630 \n\
5631 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5632 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5633 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5634 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5635 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5636 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5637 \n\
5638 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5639 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5640 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5641 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5642 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5643 \n\
5644 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5645 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5646 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5647 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5648 single-register-class\n\
5649 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5650 output constraint.\n\
5651 \n\
5652 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5653 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5654 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5655 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5656 \n\
5657 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5658 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5659 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5660 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5661 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5662 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5663 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5664 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5665 \n\
5666 \n\
5667 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5668 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5669 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5670 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5671 \n\
5672 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5673 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5674 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5675 \n\
5676 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5677 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5678 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5679 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5680 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5681 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5682 reg_class_t,
5683 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5684 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5685 default_secondary_reload)
5686
5687 DEFHOOK
5688 (secondary_memory_needed,
5689 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5690 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5691 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5692 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5693 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5694 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5695 false for all inputs.",
5696 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5697 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5698
5699 DEFHOOK
5700 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5701 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5702 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5703 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5704 \n\
5705 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5706 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5707 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5708 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5709 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5710 floating-point registers.\n\
5711 \n\
5712 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5713 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5714 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5715 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5716 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5717 details.\n\
5718 \n\
5719 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5720 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5721 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5722
5723 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5724 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5725 DEFHOOK
5726 (preferred_reload_class,
5727 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5728 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5729 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5730 another, smaller class.\n\
5731 \n\
5732 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5733 \n\
5734 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5735 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5736 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5737 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5738 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5739 \n\
5740 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5741 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5742 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5743 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5744 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5745 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5746 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5747 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5748 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5749 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5750 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5751 \n\
5752 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5753 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5754 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5755 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5756 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5757 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5758 reg_class_t,
5759 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5760 default_preferred_reload_class)
5761
5762 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5763 input reloads. */
5764 DEFHOOK
5765 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5766 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5767 input reloads.\n\
5768 \n\
5769 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5770 argument.\n\
5771 \n\
5772 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5773 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5774 reg_class_t,
5775 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5776 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5777
5778 DEFHOOK
5779 (select_early_remat_modes,
5780 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5781 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5782 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5783 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5784 \n\
5785 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5786 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5787 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5788 void, (sbitmap modes),
5789 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5790
5791 DEFHOOK
5792 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5793 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5794 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5795 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5796 \n\
5797 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5798 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5799 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5800 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5801 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5802 \n\
5803 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5804 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5805 pressure.",
5806 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5807 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5808
5809 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5810 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5811 DEFHOOK
5812 (class_max_nregs,
5813 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5814 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5815 \n\
5816 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5817 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5818 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5819 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5820 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5821 \n\
5822 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5823 in the reload pass.\n\
5824 \n\
5825 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5826 in words.",
5827 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5828 default_class_max_nregs)
5829
5830 DEFHOOK
5831 (preferred_rename_class,
5832 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5833 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5834 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5835 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5836 is not implemented.\
5837 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5838 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5839 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5840 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5841 be reduced.",
5842 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5843 default_preferred_rename_class)
5844
5845 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5846 during register allocation. */
5847 DEFHOOK
5848 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5849 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5850 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5851 register allocation.\n\
5852 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5853 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5854 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5855 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5856 bool, (rtx subst),
5857 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5858
5859 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5860 displacement addressing. */
5861 DEFHOOK
5862 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5863 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5864 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5865 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5866 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5867 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5868 \n\
5869 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5870 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5871 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5872 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5873 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5874
5875 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5876 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5877 DEFHOOK
5878 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5879 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5880 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5881 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5882 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5883 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5884 usage.",
5885 void, (void),
5886 hook_void_void)
5887
5888 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5889 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5890 but will be later. */
5891 DEFHOOK
5892 (instantiate_decls,
5893 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5894 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5895 void, (void),
5896 hook_void_void)
5897
5898 DEFHOOK
5899 (hard_regno_nregs,
5900 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5901 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5902 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5903 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5904 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5905 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5906 \n\
5907 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5908 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5909 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5910
5911 DEFHOOK
5912 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5913 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5914 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5915 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5916 unconditionally.\n\
5917 \n\
5918 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5919 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5920 \n\
5921 @cindex register pairs\n\
5922 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5923 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5924 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5925 \n\
5926 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5927 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5928 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5929 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5930 \n\
5931 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5932 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5933 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5934 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5935 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5936 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5937 modes to be tieable.\n\
5938 \n\
5939 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5940 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5941 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5942 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5943 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5944 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5945 \n\
5946 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5947 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5948 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5949 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5950 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5951 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5952 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5953 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5954 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5955 \n\
5956 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5957 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5958 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5959 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5960 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5961 \n\
5962 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5963 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5964 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5965 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5966 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5967 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5968 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5969
5970 DEFHOOK
5971 (modes_tieable_p,
5972 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5973 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5974 \n\
5975 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5976 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5977 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5978 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5979 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5980 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5981 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5982 \n\
5983 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5984 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5985 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5986 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5987 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5988
5989 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5990 in peephole2. */
5991 DEFHOOK
5992 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5993 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5994 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5995 \n\
5996 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5997 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5998 \n\
5999 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
6000 bool, (unsigned int regno),
6001 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
6002
6003 DEFHOOK
6004 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6005 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
6006 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
6007 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
6008 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
6009 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
6010 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
6011 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
6012 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
6013 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
6014 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
6015 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
6016 \n\
6017 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
6018 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
6019 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
6020 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
6021 \n\
6022 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
6023 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6024 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6025 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
6026
6027 DEFHOOK
6028 (get_multilib_abi_name,
6029 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
6030 const char *, (void),
6031 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
6032
6033 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
6034 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
6035 DEFHOOK
6036 (case_values_threshold,
6037 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
6038 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
6039 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
6040 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
6041 unsigned int, (void),
6042 default_case_values_threshold)
6043
6044 DEFHOOK
6045 (starting_frame_offset,
6046 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
6047 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
6048 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
6049 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
6050 implementation returns 0.",
6051 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6052 hook_hwi_void_0)
6053
6054 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6055 DEFHOOK
6056 (compute_frame_layout,
6057 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6058 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6059 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6060 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6061 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6062 this callback is optional.",
6063 void, (void),
6064 hook_void_void)
6065
6066 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6067 DEFHOOK
6068 (frame_pointer_required,
6069 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6070 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6071 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6072 \n\
6073 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6074 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6075 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6076 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6077 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6078 pointer.\n\
6079 \n\
6080 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6081 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6082 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6083 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6084 them.\n\
6085 \n\
6086 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6087 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6088 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6089 \n\
6090 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6091 bool, (void),
6092 hook_bool_void_false)
6093
6094 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6095 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6096 DEFHOOK
6097 (can_eliminate,
6098 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6099 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6100 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6101 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6102 knows about.\n\
6103 \n\
6104 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6105 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6106 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6107
6108 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6109 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6110 target. */
6111 DEFHOOK
6112 (conditional_register_usage,
6113 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6114 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6115 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6116 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6117 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6118 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6119 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6120 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6121 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6122 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6123 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6124 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6125 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6126 command options have been applied.\n\
6127 \n\
6128 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6129 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6130 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6131 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6132 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6133 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6134 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6135 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6136 \n\
6137 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6138 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6139 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6140 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6141 void, (void),
6142 hook_void_void)
6143
6144 DEFHOOK
6145 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6146 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6147 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
6148 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6149 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6150 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
6151 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
6152 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6153 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6154 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6155 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6156
6157
6158 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6159 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6160 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6161 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6162
6163 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6164 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6165 (mode_for_suffix,
6166 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6167 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6168 machine_mode, (char c),
6169 default_mode_for_suffix)
6170
6171 DEFHOOK
6172 (excess_precision,
6173 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
6174 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
6175 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
6176 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
6177 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
6178 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
6179 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
6180 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
6181 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
6182 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
6183 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
6184 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
6185 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
6186 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
6187 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
6188 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6189 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6190 default_excess_precision)
6191
6192 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6193
6194 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6195 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6196 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6197 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6198
6199 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6200 DEFHOOK
6201 (guard_type,
6202 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6203 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6204 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6205 tree, (void),
6206 default_cxx_guard_type)
6207
6208 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6209 DEFHOOK
6210 (guard_mask_bit,
6211 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6212 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6213 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6214 bool, (void),
6215 hook_bool_void_false)
6216
6217 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6218 DEFHOOK
6219 (get_cookie_size,
6220 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6221 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6222 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6223 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6224 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6225 tree, (tree type),
6226 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6227
6228 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6229 DEFHOOK
6230 (cookie_has_size,
6231 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6232 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6233 bool, (void),
6234 hook_bool_void_false)
6235
6236 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6237 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6238 DEFHOOK
6239 (import_export_class,
6240 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6241 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6242 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6243 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6244 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6245 backend's targeted operating system.",
6246 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6247
6248 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6249 DEFHOOK
6250 (cdtor_returns_this,
6251 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6252 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6253 @code{false}.",
6254 bool, (void),
6255 hook_bool_void_false)
6256
6257 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6258 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6259 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6260 DEFHOOK
6261 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6262 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6263 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6264 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6265 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6266 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6267 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6268 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6269 bool, (void),
6270 hook_bool_void_true)
6271
6272 DEFHOOK
6273 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6274 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6275 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6276 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6277 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6278 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6279 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6280 void, (tree decl),
6281 hook_void_tree)
6282
6283 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6284 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6285 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6286 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6287 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6288 DEFHOOK
6289 (class_data_always_comdat,
6290 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6291 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6292 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6293 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6294 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6295 bool, (void),
6296 hook_bool_void_true)
6297
6298 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6299 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6300 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6301 DEFHOOK
6302 (library_rtti_comdat,
6303 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6304 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6305 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6306 bool, (void),
6307 hook_bool_void_true)
6308
6309 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6310 destructors. */
6311 DEFHOOK
6312 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6313 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6314 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6315 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6316 bool, (void),
6317 hook_bool_void_false)
6318
6319 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6320 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6321 DEFHOOK
6322 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6323 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6324 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6325 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6326 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6327 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6328 bool, (void),
6329 hook_bool_void_false)
6330
6331 DEFHOOK
6332 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6333 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6334 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6335 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6336 void, (tree type),
6337 hook_void_tree)
6338
6339 DEFHOOK
6340 (decl_mangling_context,
6341 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6342 tree, (const_tree decl),
6343 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6344
6345 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6346
6347 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6348 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6349 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6350 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6351
6352 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6353 DEFHOOKPOD
6354 (get_address,
6355 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6356 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6357 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6358 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6359
6360 DEFHOOKPOD
6361 (register_common,
6362 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6363 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6364 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6365 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6366 registration function to be used.",
6367 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6368
6369 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6370 DEFHOOKPOD
6371 (var_section,
6372 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6373 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6374 any section.",
6375 const char *, NULL)
6376
6377 DEFHOOKPOD
6378 (tmpl_section,
6379 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6380 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6381 section.",
6382 const char *, NULL)
6383
6384 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6385 DEFHOOKPOD
6386 (var_prefix,
6387 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6388 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6389 const char *, NULL)
6390
6391 DEFHOOKPOD
6392 (tmpl_prefix,
6393 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6394 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6395 const char *, NULL)
6396
6397 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6398 DEFHOOK
6399 (var_fields,
6400 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6401 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6402 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6403 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6404 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6405 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6406 default_emutls_var_fields)
6407
6408 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6409 DEFHOOK
6410 (var_init,
6411 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6412 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6413 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6414 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6415 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6416 default_emutls_var_init)
6417
6418 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6419 proxy variable. */
6420 DEFHOOKPOD
6421 (var_align_fixed,
6422 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6423 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6424 single objects. The default is false.",
6425 bool, false)
6426
6427 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6428 DEFHOOKPOD
6429 (debug_form_tls_address,
6430 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6431 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6432 bool, false)
6433
6434 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6435
6436 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6437 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6438 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6439
6440 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6441 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6442 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6443 DEFHOOK
6444 (valid_attribute_p,
6445 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6446 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6447 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6448 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6449 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6450 \n\
6451 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6452 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6453 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6454 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6455 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6456
6457 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6458 DEFHOOK
6459 (save,
6460 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6461 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6462 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6463 @xref{Option file format}.",
6464 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6465 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6466
6467 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6468 structure. */
6469 DEFHOOK
6470 (restore,
6471 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6472 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6473 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6474 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6475 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6476
6477 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6478 streamed in. */
6479 DEFHOOK
6480 (post_stream_in,
6481 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6482 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6483 LTO bytecode.",
6484 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6485
6486 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6487 structure. */
6488 DEFHOOK
6489 (print,
6490 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6491 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6492 function-specific options.",
6493 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6494
6495 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6496 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6497 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6498 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6499 DEFHOOK
6500 (pragma_parse,
6501 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6502 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6503 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6504 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6505 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6506 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6507
6508 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6509 DEFHOOK
6510 (override,
6511 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6512 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6513 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6514 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6515 \n\
6516 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6517 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6518 \n\
6519 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6520 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6521 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6522 void, (void),
6523 hook_void_void)
6524
6525 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6526 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6527 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6528 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6529 DEFHOOK
6530 (function_versions,
6531 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6532 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6533 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6534 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6535 different target machines.",
6536 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6537 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6538
6539 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6540 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6541 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6542 DEFHOOK
6543 (can_inline_p,
6544 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6545 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6546 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6547 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6548 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6549 default_target_can_inline_p)
6550
6551 DEFHOOK
6552 (relayout_function,
6553 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6554 void, (tree fndecl),
6555 hook_void_tree)
6556
6557 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6558
6559 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6560 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6561 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6562 DEFHOOK
6563 (extra_live_on_entry,
6564 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6565 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6566 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6567 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6568 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6569 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6570 void, (bitmap regs),
6571 hook_void_bitmap)
6572
6573 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6574 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6575 definition. */
6576 DEFHOOKPOD
6577 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6578 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6579 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6580 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6581 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6582 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6583 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6584 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6585 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6586 bool,
6587 false)
6588
6589 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6590 DEFHOOK
6591 (set_up_by_prologue,
6592 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6593 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6594 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6595 NULL)
6596
6597 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6598 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6599 function attribute. */
6600 DEFHOOK
6601 (warn_func_return,
6602 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6603 bool, (tree),
6604 hook_bool_tree_true)
6605
6606 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6607 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6608 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6609
6610 DEFHOOK
6611 (get_separate_components,
6612 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6613 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6614 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6615 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6616 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6617 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6618 sbitmap, (void),
6619 NULL)
6620
6621 DEFHOOK
6622 (components_for_bb,
6623 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6624 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6625 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6626 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6627 NULL)
6628
6629 DEFHOOK
6630 (disqualify_components,
6631 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6632 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6633 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6634 epilogue instead.",
6635 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6636 NULL)
6637
6638 DEFHOOK
6639 (emit_prologue_components,
6640 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6641 void, (sbitmap),
6642 NULL)
6643
6644 DEFHOOK
6645 (emit_epilogue_components,
6646 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6647 void, (sbitmap),
6648 NULL)
6649
6650 DEFHOOK
6651 (set_handled_components,
6652 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6653 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6654 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6655 will be deleted after this call.",
6656 void, (sbitmap),
6657 NULL)
6658
6659 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6660 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6661 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6662
6663 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6664 DEFHOOK
6665 (debug_unwind_info,
6666 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6667 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6668 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6669 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6670 \n\
6671 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6672 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6673 \n\
6674 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6675 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6676 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6677 default_debug_unwind_info)
6678
6679 DEFHOOK
6680 (reset_location_view, "\
6681 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6682 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6683 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6684 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6685 \n\
6686 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6687 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6688 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6689 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6690 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6691 \n\
6692 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6693 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6694 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6695
6696 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6697 defined at this time. */
6698 DEFHOOK
6699 (canonicalize_comparison,
6700 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6701 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6702 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6703 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6704 \n\
6705 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6706 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6707 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6708 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6709 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6710 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6711 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6712 \n\
6713 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6714 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6715 @file{md} file.\n\
6716 \n\
6717 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6718 comparison code or operands.",
6719 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6720 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6721
6722 DEFHOOK
6723 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6724 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6725 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6726 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6727 \n\
6728 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6729 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6730 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6731 \n\
6732 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6733 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6734 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6735 \n\
6736 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6737 defined to 1.",
6738 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6739
6740 DEFHOOKPOD
6741 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6742 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6743 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6744 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6745 unsigned char, 1)
6746
6747 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6748 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6749 as needed. */
6750 DEFHOOK
6751 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6752 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6753 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6754 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6755 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6756 hook_uint_mode_0)
6757
6758 DEFHOOK
6759 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6760 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6761 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6762 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6763 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6764 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6765 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6766 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6767 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6768 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6769 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6770 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6771 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6772 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6773 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6774 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6775 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6776 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6777
6778 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6779
6780 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6781 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6782 DEFHOOKPOD
6783 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6784 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6785 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6786 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6787 bool, false)
6788
6789 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6790 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6791 DEFHOOKPOD
6792 (have_ctors_dtors,
6793 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6794 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6795 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6796 bool, false)
6797
6798 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6799 DEFHOOKPOD
6800 (have_tls,
6801 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6802 The default value is false.",
6803 bool, false)
6804
6805 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6806 DEFHOOKPOD
6807 (have_srodata_section,
6808 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6809 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6810 bool, false)
6811
6812 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6813 DEFHOOKPOD
6814 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6815 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6816 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6817 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6818 true otherwise.",
6819 bool, true)
6820
6821 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6822 DEFHOOKPOD
6823 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6824 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6825 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6826 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6827 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6828 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6829 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6830 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6831 \n\
6832 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6833 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6834 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6835 bool, false)
6836
6837 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6838 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6839 DEFHOOKPOD
6840 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6841 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6842 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6843 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6844 this to be done. The default is false.",
6845 bool, false)
6846
6847 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6848 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6849 DEFHOOKPOD
6850 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6851 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6852 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6853 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6854 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6855 bool, false)
6856
6857 DEFHOOKPOD
6858 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6859 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6860 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6861 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6862 bool, false)
6863
6864 DEFHOOKPOD
6865 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6866 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6867 bool, false)
6868
6869 DEFHOOKPOD
6870 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6871 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6872 bool, false)
6873
6874 DEFHOOKPOD
6875 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6876 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6877 targets.",
6878 bool, false)
6879
6880 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6881
6882 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6883 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6884 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6885 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6886
6887 DEFHOOK
6888 (emit,
6889 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6890 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6891
6892 DEFHOOK
6893 (needed,
6894 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6895 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6896
6897 DEFHOOK
6898 (after,
6899 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6900 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6901
6902 DEFHOOK
6903 (entry,
6904 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6905 int, (int entity), NULL)
6906
6907 DEFHOOK
6908 (exit,
6909 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6910 int, (int entity), NULL)
6911
6912 DEFHOOK
6913 (priority,
6914 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6915 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6916
6917 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6918
6919 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6920 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
6921 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
6922
6923 DEFHOOK
6924 (can_tag_addresses,
6925 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
6926 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
6927 work.\n\
6928 \n\
6929 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
6930 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
6931 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
6932
6933 DEFHOOK
6934 (tag_size,
6935 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
6936 \n\
6937 The default returns 8.",
6938 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
6939
6940 DEFHOOK
6941 (granule_size,
6942 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
6943 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
6944 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
6945 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
6946 \n\
6947 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
6948 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
6949 the same tag.\n\
6950 \n\
6951 The default returns 16.",
6952 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
6953
6954 DEFHOOK
6955 (insert_random_tag,
6956 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
6957 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
6958 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
6959 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
6960 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
6961
6962 DEFHOOK
6963 (add_tag,
6964 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
6965 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
6966 @var{base}.\n\
6967 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
6968 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
6969 \n\
6970 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
6971 RTL.",
6972 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
6973 default_memtag_add_tag)
6974
6975 DEFHOOK
6976 (set_tag,
6977 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
6978 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
6979 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
6980 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
6981 @var{tag}.",
6982 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
6983
6984 DEFHOOK
6985 (extract_tag,
6986 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
6987 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
6988 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
6989 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
6990
6991 DEFHOOK
6992 (untagged_pointer,
6993 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
6994 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
6995 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
6996 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
6997
6998 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
6999 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7000 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
7001
7002 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7003 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
7004 #include "target-insns.def"
7005 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7006
7007 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7008 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
7009 #include "target-insns.def"
7010 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7011
7012 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7013 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
7014 #include "target-insns.def"
7015 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7016
7017 DEFHOOK
7018 (run_target_selftests,
7019 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
7020 void, (void),
7021 NULL)
7022
7023 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
7024 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
7025